diff --git a/docs/api_reference/Makefile b/docs/api_reference/Makefile index bd3707c..69df769 100644 --- a/docs/api_reference/Makefile +++ b/docs/api_reference/Makefile @@ -4,9 +4,16 @@ # You can set these variables from the command line. SPHINXOPTS = SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build +SPHINXINTL = sphinx-intl PAPER = BUILDDIR = _build +# User-friendly check for sphinx-build +SPHINXBUILDCHECK= := $(shell which $(SPHINXBUILD) 2>/dev/null) +.ifndef SPHINXBUILDCHECK +.error "The '$(SPHINXBUILD)' command was not found. Make sure you have Sphinx installed, then set the SPHINXBUILD environment variable to point to the full path of the '$(SPHINXBUILD)' executable. Alternatively you can add the directory with the executable to your PATH. If you don\'t have Sphinx installed, grab it from http://sphinx-doc.org/)" +.endif + # Internal variables. PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter @@ -29,20 +36,60 @@ help: @echo " epub to make an epub" @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" @echo " latexpdf to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex" + @echo " latexpdfja to make LaTeX files and run them through platex/dvipdfmx" @echo " text to make text files" @echo " man to make manual pages" @echo " texinfo to make Texinfo files" @echo " info to make Texinfo files and run them through makeinfo" @echo " gettext to make PO message catalogs" @echo " changes to make an overview of all changed/added/deprecated items" + @echo " xml to make Docutils-native XML files" + @echo " pseudoxml to make pseudoxml-XML files for display purposes" @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" + @echo " i18n to fetch and prep the i18n files" + +i18n: + $(MAKE) gettext + $(SPHINXINTL) -p $(BUILDDIR)/locale -d ./po update \ + -l ar \ + -l bg \ + -l da \ + -l de \ + -l es \ + -l fr \ + -l id \ + -l it \ + -l pt_BR \ + -l tr \ + -l uk \ + -l zh_CN \ + -l zh_HK + $(SPHINXINTL) -d ./po build clean: - -rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* + rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* html: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html +.if exists(po) +.if exists($(BUILDDIR)/locale-po) + @rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/locale-po +.endif + @cp -r ./po $(BUILDDIR)/locale-po + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='bg' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-bg + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='da' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-da + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='de' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-de + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='es' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-es + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='fr' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-fr + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='id' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-id + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='it' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-it + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='pt_BR' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-pt_BR + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='tr' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-tr + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='uk' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-uk + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='zh_CN' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-zh_CN + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='zh_HK' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-zh_HK +.endif @echo @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." @@ -77,17 +124,17 @@ qthelp: @echo @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" - @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/FreeNAS.qhcp" + @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/PC-BSDUserGuide.qhcp" @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/FreeNAS.qhc" + @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/PC-BSDUserGuide.qhc" devhelp: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp @echo @echo "Build finished." @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/FreeNAS" - @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/FreeNAS" + @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/PC-BSDUserGuide" + @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/PC-BSDUserGuide" @echo "# devhelp" epub: @@ -108,6 +155,12 @@ latexpdf: $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." +latexpdfja: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex + @echo "Running LaTeX files through platex and dvipdfmx..." + $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf-ja + @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." + text: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text @echo @@ -152,3 +205,12 @@ doctest: @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." +xml: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b xml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/xml + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The XML files are in $(BUILDDIR)/xml." + +pseudoxml: + $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pseudoxml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pseudoxml + @echo + @echo "Build finished. The pseudo-XML files are in $(BUILDDIR)/pseudoxml." diff --git a/docs/api_reference/classes/firewall.rst b/docs/api_reference/classes/firewall.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bb8b432 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/api_reference/classes/firewall.rst @@ -0,0 +1,558 @@ +.. _firewall: + +firewall +******** + +The firewall class is used for managing the "ipfw" firewall on the system. + +.. note:: This class does *not* manage a "pf" firewall. + +Every user request will have several parameters: + ++---------------+-----------+---------------------------------------+ +| **Parameter** | **Value** | **Description** | +| | | | ++===============+===========+=======================================+ +| id | | any unique value for the request; | +| | | examples include a hash, checksum, | +| | | or uuid | ++---------------+-----------+---------------------------------------+ +| name | firewall | | +| | | | ++---------------+-----------+---------------------------------------+ +| namespace | sysadm | | +| | | | ++---------------+-----------+---------------------------------------+ +| action | | "known_ports", "list_open", "status", | +| | | "open", "close", "start", "stop", | +| | | "restart", "enable", "disable", and | +| | | "reset-defaults" | ++---------------+-----------+---------------------------------------+ + +.. index:: knownports, firewall + +.. _knownports: + +Known Ports +=========== + +:command:`known_ports` will return a list of all known ports and any +names or descriptions for them. This is a static list; it does not +reflect which ports are in use or opened on the system. It is meant to +help match a port to a name or description. + +**REST Request** + +:: + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "known_ports" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "id" : "fooid", + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "args" : { + "action" : "known_ports" + }, + "name" : "firewall" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "1/tcp": { + "description": "#TCP Port Service Multiplexer", + "name": "tcpmux", + "port": "1/tcp" + }, + "1/udp": { + "description": "#TCP Port Service Multiplexer", + "name": "tcpmux", + "port": "1/udp" + }, + "100/tcp": { + "description": "#[unauthorized use]", + "name": "newacct", + "port": "100/tcp" + } + } + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: listopen, firewall + +.. _listopen: + +List Open +========= + +:command:`list_open` returns an array of all the open port/type +combinations for the firewall. + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "list_open" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args" : { + "action" : "list_open" + }, + "id" : "fooid", + "name" : "firewall", + "namespace" : "sysadm" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "openports": [ + "5353/udp" + ] + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: status, firewall + +.. _status: + +Status +====== + +:command:`status` returns the current state of the firewall. + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "status" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "name" : "firewall", + "args" : { + "action" : "status" + }, + "id" : "fooid", + "namespace" : "sysadm" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "is_enabled": "true", + "is_running": "true" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: open, firewall + +.. _open: + +Open +==== + +:command:`open` will allow traffic through a specified port. The +action requires the argument:: + + "ports":[/, /] + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "open", + "ports" : [ + "12151/tcp" + ] + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "name" : "firewall", + "args" : { + "ports" : [ + "12151/tcp" + ], + "action" : "open" + }, + "id" : "fooid" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "result": "success" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: close, firewall + +.. _close: + +Close +===== + +:command:`close` will close the designated ports in the firewall. An +additional statement is required: :: + + "ports":["/", ""/""] + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "close", + "ports" : [ + "12151/tcp" + ] + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "id" : "fooid", + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "name" : "firewall", + "args" : { + "ports" : [ + "12151/tcp" + ], + "action" : "close" + } + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "result": "success" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: start, firewall + +.. _firewallstart: + +Start +===== + +:command:`start` will turn on the firewall. + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "start" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "id" : "fooid", + "args" : { + "action" : "start" + }, + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "name" : "firewall" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "result": "success" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: stop, firewall + +.. _firewallstop: + +Stop +==== + +:command:`stop` will turn off the firewall. + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "stop" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "id" : "fooid", + "args" : { + "action" : "stop" + }, + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "name" : "firewall" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "result": "success" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: restart, firewall + +.. _firewallrestart: + +Restart +======= + +:command:`restart` will reload the firewall. This will catch any +settings changes and is not generally needed. + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "restart" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "id" : "fooid", + "args" : { + "action" : "restart" + }, + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "name" : "firewall" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "result": "success" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: enable, firewall + +.. _firewallenable: + +Enable +====== + +:command:`enable` will automatically start the firewall on bootup. + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "enable" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "id" : "fooid", + "args" : { + "action" : "enable" + }, + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "name" : "firewall" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "result": "success" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: disable, firewall + +.. _firewalldisable: + +Disable +======= + +:command:`disable` Flags the system to not start the firewall on bootup. + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "disable" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "id" : "fooid", + "args" : { + "action" : "disable" + }, + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "name" : "firewall" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "result": "success" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } + +.. index:: resetdefaults, firewall + +.. _resetdefaults: + +Reset Defaults +============== + +:command:`reset-defaults` will reset all the firewall settings back +to the defaults and restart the firewall. + +.. warning:: This will only work in |trueos|; the API call will return + an error if used with FreeBSD. + +**REST Request** + +.. code-block:: none + + PUT /sysadm/firewall + { + "action" : "reset-defaults" + } + +**WebSocket Request** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "id" : "fooid", + "args" : { + "action" : "reset-defaults" + }, + "namespace" : "sysadm", + "name" : "firewall" + } + +**Response** + +.. code-block:: json + + { + "args": { + "result": "success" + }, + "id": "fooid", + "name": "response", + "namespace": "sysadm" + } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/Makefile b/docs/client_handbook/Makefile index 1658868..69df769 100644 --- a/docs/client_handbook/Makefile +++ b/docs/client_handbook/Makefile @@ -4,9 +4,16 @@ # You can set these variables from the command line. SPHINXOPTS = SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build +SPHINXINTL = sphinx-intl PAPER = BUILDDIR = _build +# User-friendly check for sphinx-build +SPHINXBUILDCHECK= := $(shell which $(SPHINXBUILD) 2>/dev/null) +.ifndef SPHINXBUILDCHECK +.error "The '$(SPHINXBUILD)' command was not found. Make sure you have Sphinx installed, then set the SPHINXBUILD environment variable to point to the full path of the '$(SPHINXBUILD)' executable. Alternatively you can add the directory with the executable to your PATH. If you don\'t have Sphinx installed, grab it from http://sphinx-doc.org/)" +.endif + # Internal variables. PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 PAPEROPT_letter = -D latex_paper_size=letter @@ -14,7 +21,8 @@ ALLSPHINXOPTS = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . # the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others I18NSPHINXOPTS = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . -.PHONY: help +.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext + help: @echo "Please use \`make ' where is one of" @echo " html to make standalone HTML files" @@ -24,10 +32,8 @@ help: @echo " json to make JSON files" @echo " htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project" @echo " qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project" - @echo " applehelp to make an Apple Help Book" @echo " devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project" @echo " epub to make an epub" - @echo " epub3 to make an epub3" @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" @echo " latexpdf to make LaTeX files and run them through pdflatex" @echo " latexpdfja to make LaTeX files and run them through platex/dvipdfmx" @@ -41,92 +47,101 @@ help: @echo " pseudoxml to make pseudoxml-XML files for display purposes" @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" - @echo " coverage to run coverage check of the documentation (if enabled)" - @echo " dummy to check syntax errors of document sources" + @echo " i18n to fetch and prep the i18n files" + +i18n: + $(MAKE) gettext + $(SPHINXINTL) -p $(BUILDDIR)/locale -d ./po update \ + -l ar \ + -l bg \ + -l da \ + -l de \ + -l es \ + -l fr \ + -l id \ + -l it \ + -l pt_BR \ + -l tr \ + -l uk \ + -l zh_CN \ + -l zh_HK + $(SPHINXINTL) -d ./po build -.PHONY: clean clean: rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* -.PHONY: html html: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html +.if exists(po) +.if exists($(BUILDDIR)/locale-po) + @rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/locale-po +.endif + @cp -r ./po $(BUILDDIR)/locale-po + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='bg' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-bg + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='da' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-da + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='de' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-de + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='es' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-es + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='fr' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-fr + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='id' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-id + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='it' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-it + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='pt_BR' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-pt_BR + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='tr' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-tr + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='uk' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-uk + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='zh_CN' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-zh_CN + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='zh_HK' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-zh_HK +.endif @echo @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." -.PHONY: dirhtml dirhtml: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b dirhtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml @echo @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/dirhtml." -.PHONY: singlehtml singlehtml: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b singlehtml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml @echo @echo "Build finished. The HTML page is in $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml." -.PHONY: pickle pickle: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pickle $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pickle @echo @echo "Build finished; now you can process the pickle files." -.PHONY: json json: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b json $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/json @echo @echo "Build finished; now you can process the JSON files." -.PHONY: htmlhelp htmlhelp: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b htmlhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp @echo @echo "Build finished; now you can run HTML Help Workshop with the" \ ".hhp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/htmlhelp." -.PHONY: qthelp qthelp: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b qthelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp @echo @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" - @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/SysAdmClientHandbook.qhcp" + @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/PC-BSDUserGuide.qhcp" @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/SysAdmClientHandbook.qhc" + @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/PC-BSDUserGuide.qhc" -.PHONY: applehelp -applehelp: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b applehelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/applehelp - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The help book is in $(BUILDDIR)/applehelp." - @echo "N.B. You won't be able to view it unless you put it in" \ - "~/Library/Documentation/Help or install it in your application" \ - "bundle." - -.PHONY: devhelp devhelp: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp @echo @echo "Build finished." @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/SysAdmClientHandbook" - @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/SysAdmClientHandbook" + @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/PC-BSDUserGuide" + @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/PC-BSDUserGuide" @echo "# devhelp" -.PHONY: epub epub: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub @echo @echo "Build finished. The epub file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub." -.PHONY: epub3 -epub3: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b epub3 $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/epub3 - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The epub3 file is in $(BUILDDIR)/epub3." - -.PHONY: latex latex: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex @echo @@ -134,33 +149,28 @@ latex: @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through (pdf)latex" \ "(use \`make latexpdf' here to do that automatically)." -.PHONY: latexpdf latexpdf: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex @echo "Running LaTeX files through pdflatex..." $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." -.PHONY: latexpdfja latexpdfja: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b latex $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/latex @echo "Running LaTeX files through platex and dvipdfmx..." $(MAKE) -C $(BUILDDIR)/latex all-pdf-ja @echo "pdflatex finished; the PDF files are in $(BUILDDIR)/latex." -.PHONY: text text: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b text $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/text @echo @echo "Build finished. The text files are in $(BUILDDIR)/text." -.PHONY: man man: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b man $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/man @echo @echo "Build finished. The manual pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/man." -.PHONY: texinfo texinfo: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo @echo @@ -168,58 +178,39 @@ texinfo: @echo "Run \`make' in that directory to run these through makeinfo" \ "(use \`make info' here to do that automatically)." -.PHONY: info info: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b texinfo $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo @echo "Running Texinfo files through makeinfo..." make -C $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo info @echo "makeinfo finished; the Info files are in $(BUILDDIR)/texinfo." -.PHONY: gettext gettext: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b gettext $(I18NSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/locale @echo @echo "Build finished. The message catalogs are in $(BUILDDIR)/locale." -.PHONY: changes changes: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b changes $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/changes @echo @echo "The overview file is in $(BUILDDIR)/changes." -.PHONY: linkcheck linkcheck: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b linkcheck $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck @echo @echo "Link check complete; look for any errors in the above output " \ "or in $(BUILDDIR)/linkcheck/output.txt." -.PHONY: doctest doctest: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b doctest $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/doctest @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." -.PHONY: coverage -coverage: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b coverage $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/coverage - @echo "Testing of coverage in the sources finished, look at the " \ - "results in $(BUILDDIR)/coverage/python.txt." - -.PHONY: xml xml: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b xml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/xml @echo @echo "Build finished. The XML files are in $(BUILDDIR)/xml." -.PHONY: pseudoxml pseudoxml: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b pseudoxml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/pseudoxml @echo @echo "Build finished. The pseudo-XML files are in $(BUILDDIR)/pseudoxml." - -.PHONY: dummy -dummy: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b dummy $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/dummy - @echo - @echo "Build finished. Dummy builder generates no files." diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/images/service1.png b/docs/client_handbook/images/service1.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1705794 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/images/service1.png differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29a8d7d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:11 +msgid "Welcome to SysAdm™ Client Handbook's documentation!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:13 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:21 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1a289d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.mo differ diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..40d5014 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/client_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/sysadmclient.po @@ -0,0 +1,1923 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Client Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:42-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:14 +msgid "SysAdm™ Client" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Beginning with |trueos| 11, most of the system management utilities that " +"were previously available in the |pcbsd| Control Panel have been rewritten " +"to use the |sysadm| API. This API is designed to make it easy to manage any " +"FreeBSD or |trueos| desktop or server system over a secure connection from " +"any operating system that has the |sysadm| application installed. |sysadm| " +"is built into |trueos|, but downloadable packages for other operating " +"systems are available from the `SysAdm Website `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, |sysadm| does not allow for remote access to the system. Please " +"review the |sysadm| server handbook for instructions on initializing the " +"remote access elements of |sysadm|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A number of utilities have been removed from Control Panel as they are now " +"available in the |sysadm| client:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:32 +msgid "**Application Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:34 +msgid ":ref:`AppCafe®`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`Update Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:38 +msgid "**SysAdm Server Settings**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Manage SSL Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:42 +msgid "**System Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:44 +msgid ":ref:`Boot Environment Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Task Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:48 +msgid ":ref:`User Manager`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:50 +msgid "**Utilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:52 +msgid ":ref:`Life Preserver`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The rest of this client guide provides an overview of the |sysadm| client " +"and all of its functionality, beginning with |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Instructions for using the API in your own scripts can be found in the " +"`SysAdm™ API Reference Guide `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:64 +msgid "AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:66 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical interface for installing and managing FreeBSD" +" packages, which are pre-built applications that have been tested for " +"FreeBSD-based operating systems. This interface displays extra meta-data, " +"such as application screenshots and lists of similar applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The rest of this section describes how to manage software using |appcafe|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:78 +msgid "Finding Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The \"Browse\" tab, shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find" +" available software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:88 +msgid "Browse Tab of AppCafe®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:90 +msgid "This screen contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return " +"to the previous screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the " +"repository to search or browse. The selections include: \"major\" " +"(applications available for installation), \"base\" (applications that are " +"part of the base operating system), and \"local\" (all installed " +"applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:101 +msgid "" +"**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click " +"the \"binoculars\" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a " +"search for \"browser\" will display software with \"browser\" in the name as" +" well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software " +"categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search " +"results from that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:111 +msgid "" +"**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections " +"can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other " +"|trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that " +"match the button's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Displayed applications will be listed in alphabetical order. Applications " +"which are already installed and which are not required by other applications" +" have a trashcan icon which can be clicked to uninstall that application. " +"Applications which are not installed have a down arrow icon which can be " +"clicked to install that application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Click the name of an application to view more information about that " +"application. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the " +"user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:128 +msgid "" +"|appcafe| provides a graphical front-end for displaying the contents of the " +"package database. Since installed applications provide more information to " +"the package database, some fields will be empty, depending upon the " +"selected repository. For example, the package message will only be displayed" +" when the \"local\" repository is selected, the package is actually " +"installed, and the package provides a message during installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:140 ../../sysadmclient.rst:197 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:142 +msgid "" +"As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the " +"application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to " +"open the website for the application in the default web browser. If the " +"application is installed, there will be an :guilabel:`Uninstall` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Beneath this area are 4 tabs. The first tab on the left contains two panes. " +"The first (middle) pane displays the package description. The second " +"(bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:153 +msgid "An example of the \"?\" tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:160 +msgid "AppCafe®: More Application Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:162 +msgid "This tab displays a variety of information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:164 +msgid "Software version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Email address for the maintainer of the FreeBSD port the package is built " +"from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The application's architecture. This will indicate the FreeBSD version and " +"whether or not the application is 32-bit or 64-bit. Note |trueos| can run " +"both 32 and 64-bit applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:173 +msgid "The application's license." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:175 +msgid "The application's installation size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:177 +msgid "The application's download size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:179 +msgid "" +"If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the " +"next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the " +"screenshots. An example is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:188 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:190 +msgid "" +"An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:199 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to " +"an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:203 +msgid "" +"**Build Options:** shows the values of the make options that the package was" +" built with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:206 +msgid "" +"**Dependencies:** lists the dependent packages that this application " +"requires to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:209 +msgid "" +"**Required By:** indicates the names of any other packages that require this" +" software to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Shared Libraries (Required):** lists the names of the libraries that this " +"application requires." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:216 +msgid "Managing Installed Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:218 +msgid "" +"To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click" +" the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:226 +msgid "AppCafe®: Installed Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:228 +msgid "This screen offers several actions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:230 +msgid "" +"**All:** check this box to select all installed applications or uncheck it " +"to deselect all installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:233 +msgid "" +"**Uninstall:** click the garbage can icon to uninstall the selected " +"applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:236 +msgid "" +"**Clean:** this operation deletes any orphaned packages for the selected " +"applications. An orphaned package is one that is not required by any other " +"applications. It will have a black flag icon (the same as the " +":guilabel:`Clean` icon) in its :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:242 +msgid "" +"This screen also provides an :guilabel:`Options` drop-down menu which allows" +" you to select or deselect a number of options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:245 +msgid "" +"**View All Packages:** by default, the installed tab only shows the packages" +" you installed. Check this box to also see the packages included with the " +"operating system. Packages which have a black banner icon under their " +":guilabel:`Status` column have dependent packages. This means if you delete " +"a package with a black banner, you will also delete their dependent packages" +" so you are not left with orphaned packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:253 +msgid "" +"**View Advanced Options:** if you check this box, two extra icons, a lock " +"and an unlock icon, will be added to the right of the trash icon. If you " +"select an application and click the lock icon, a lock lock icon will be " +"added to its :guilabel:`Status` column. As long as an application is locked," +" it will not be updated by :ref:`Update Manager`. This is useful if you need" +" to remain with a certain version of an application. In order to upgrade an " +"application, you will need to first select it and click the unlock icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:263 +msgid "" +"**Auto-clean packages:** if you check this box, the :guilabel:`Clean` icon " +"will disappear as you no longer need to manually clean orphans. Instead, " +"whenever you uninstall an application, any orphans will also automatically " +"uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:268 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked" +" all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies " +"(banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-" +"plugins` is an orphan (flag icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:278 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:280 +msgid "" +"If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab " +"to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a " +"package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. " +"Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review " +"the log for the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:292 +msgid "AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:298 +msgid "Update Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Update Manager provides a graphical interface for keeping the |trueos| " +"operating system and its installed applications up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:303 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| update mechanism provides several safeguards to ensure updating" +" the operating system or its software is a low-risk operation. The following" +" steps occur automatically during an update:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:307 +msgid "" +"The update automatically creates a snapshot (copy) of the current operating " +"system, known as a boot environment (BE), and mounts the snapshot in the " +"background. All of the updates then occur in the snapshot. This means you " +"can safely continue to use your system while it is updating, as no changes " +"are being made to the running version of the operating system or any of the " +"applications currently in use. Instead, all changes are being made to the " +"mounted copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:315 +msgid "" +"If the system is getting low on disk space and there is not enough space to " +"create a new BE, the update will fail with a message indicating there is not" +" enough space to perform the update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:319 +msgid "" +"While the update is occurring, and until you reboot after the update, you " +"will be unable to use |appcafe| to manage software. This is a safety measure" +" to prevent package conflicts. Also, the system shutdown and restart buttons" +" will be greyed out until the update is complete and the system is ready to " +"reboot. Should a power failure occur in the middle of an update, the system " +"will reboot into the current boot environment, returning the system to the " +"point before the upgrade started. Simply restart the update to continue the " +"update process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, the new boot environment or updated snapshot is" +" added as the first entry in the boot menu. It is then activated so the " +"system will boot into it, unless you pause the boot menu and specify " +"otherwise. A pop-up message will indicate a reboot is required. You can " +"either finish what you are doing now and reboot into the upgraded snapshot, " +"or ask the system to remind you again later. To configure the time of the " +"next warning, click the :guilabel:`Next Reminder` drop-down menu where you " +"can select 1, 5, 12, or 24 hours, 30 minutes, or never (for this login " +"session). Note the system will not apply any more updates, allow you to " +"start another manual update, or install additional software using |appcafe| " +"until you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:341 +msgid "" +"The default ZFS layout used by |trueos| ensures when new boot environments " +"are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you decide to roll back to a previous boot " +"environment, you will not lose data in your home directories, any installed " +"applications, or downloaded source files or ports. However, you will return " +"the system to its previous state, before the update was applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:351 ../../sysadmclient.rst:360 +msgid "Managing Updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:353 +msgid "" +"An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:362 +msgid "" +"In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security" +" update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates" +" by clicking the box next to each entry you want to update, which activates " +"the :guilabel:`Start Updates` button. Once the button is pressed, it will " +"change to :guilabel:`Stop Updates` so you can stop the update if necessary. " +"As the selected updates are applied, the progress of the updates will be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:370 +msgid "" +"Update Manager will update **all** installed software. If you have placed a " +"lock on a package using :command:`pkg` or |appcafe|, Update Manager will " +"fail and will generate a message indicating the failure is due to a locked " +"package. If an application is locked and cannot be updated, the software " +"will need to be manually updated instead using :command:`pkg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the update is complete, Update Manager will provide a message " +"indicating a reboot is required. When ready, save your work and manually " +"reboot into the new boot environment containing the applied updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:381 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Latest Check` field indicates the date and time the system " +"last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click " +":guilabel:`Check for Updates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:385 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of " +"available branches. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"this system is currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 " +"branch is available for selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:396 +msgid "Switching Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:398 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:405 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1258 +msgid "Settings Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:407 +msgid "This tab contains several configurable options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:409 +msgid "" +"**Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot environment" +" before updating any software, the operating system, or applying a system " +"update. Once the configured maximum number of boot environments is reached, " +"|trueos| will automatically prune (delete) the oldest automatically created " +"boot environment. However, it will not delete any boot environments created " +"manually using :ref:`Boot Environment Manager`. The default number of boot " +"environments is *5*, with an allowable range from *1* to *10*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:418 +msgid "" +"**Automatically perform updates:** When checked, the automatic updater " +"automatically keeps your system and packages up-to-date. You will know an " +"update has completed when the pop-up menu indicates a reboot is needed to " +"complete the update process. If you uncheck this box, an update will only " +"occur when you choose. You are not required to initiate updates manually. " +"|trueos| uses an automated updater that automatically checks for updates, no" +" more than once per day, 20 minutes after a reboot and then every 24 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:427 +msgid "" +"**Custom Package Repository:** If you have a custom package repository, " +"check this box. This will activate the :guilabel:`URL` field so you can " +"input the URL to the custom repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:435 +msgid "Upgrading from |pcbsd| 10.x to |trueos|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:437 +msgid "" +"If you are currently using |pcbsd| 10.x, the option to update to |trueos| " +"will not appear in the Control Panel version of Update Manager. This is " +"because a new installation is required in order to migrate to |trueos|. " +"However, the |trueos| installer allows you to keep all your existing data " +"and home directories, as it provides the ability to install |trueos| into a " +"new boot environment. In other words, the new operating system and updated " +"applications are installed while the ZFS pool and any existing boot " +"environments are preserved. Since the new install is in a boot environment, " +"you retain the option to boot back into your previous |pcbsd| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:448 +msgid "" +"This option overwrites the contents of :file:`/etc`. If you have any custom " +"configurations, save them to a backup or your home directory first. " +"Alternately, use :ref:`Boot Environment Manager` post-installation to mount " +"your previous |pcbsd| boot environment to copy over any configuration files " +"you may forget to backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:454 +msgid "" +"To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the |trueos| " +"installation as described in the `TrueOS® Handbook " +"`_. In the `System Selection " +"Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press " +":guilabel:`Next` to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:465 +msgid "Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:467 +msgid "" +"To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press " +":guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:470 +msgid "" +"If you instead press :guilabel:`Cancel`, the installation will continue as " +"usual and reformat the disks, destroying any existing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:474 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot " +"environment, the installer will skip the \"Disk Selection\" screen and " +"instead show a summary, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:483 +msgid "Start the Install to Boot Environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is " +"complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-" +"installation screens will run as described in the `Post Installation " +"Configuration and Installation Troubleshooting " +"`_ section of the |trueos|" +" Handbook so you can configure the new installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:492 +msgid "" +"When you encounter the `Create a User Screen " +"`_, " +"recreate the primary user account using the same name you used on your " +"|pcbsd| system so |trueos| can associate the existing home directory with " +"that user. Once you have logged in, you can use :ref:`User Manager` to " +"recreate any other user accounts or to reassociate any PersonaCrypt " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:504 +msgid "Manage SSL Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:510 +msgid "Boot Environment Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:512 +msgid "" +"|trueos| supports a feature of ZFS known as multiple boot environments " +"(BEs). With multiple boot environments, the process of updating software " +"becomes a low-risk operation as the updates are applied to a different boot " +"environment. If needed, there is an option to reboot into a backup boot " +"environment. Other examples of using boot environments include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:518 +msgid "" +"When making software changes, you can take a snapshot of that boot " +"environment at any stage during the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Save multiple boot environments on your system and perform various updates " +"on each of them as needed. Install, test, and update different software " +"packages on each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:525 +msgid "" +"Mount a boot environment in order to :command:`chroot` into the mount point " +"and update specific packages on the mounted environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Move a boot environment to another machine, physical or virtual, in order to" +" check hardware support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:531 +msgid "" +"For boot environments to work properly, **do not delete the default ZFS " +"mount points during installation.** The default ZFS layout ensures when boot" +" environments are created, the :file:`/usr/local/`, :file:`/usr/home/`, " +":file:`/usr/ports/`, :file:`/usr/src/` and :file:`/var/` directories remain " +"untouched. This way, if you rollback to a previous boot environment, you " +"will not lose data in your home directories, any installed applications, or " +"downloaded source files or ports. During installation, you can add " +"additional mount points, just don't delete the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:542 +msgid "" +"To ensure the files the operating system needs are included when the system " +"boots, all boot environments on a |trueos| system include :file:`/usr`, " +":file:`/usr/local`, and :file:`/var`. User-specific data is **not** included" +" in the boot environment. This means :file:`/usr/home`, :file:`/usr/jails`, " +":file:`/var/log`, :file:`/var/tmp`, and :file:`/var/audit` will not change, " +"regardless of which boot environment is selected at system boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical " +"client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment " +"Manager`. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an " +"entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:560 +msgid "Managing Boot Environments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:562 +msgid "Each entry contains the same information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:564 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:567 +msgid "" +"**Nickname:** A description, which can be different from the " +":guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:570 +msgid "" +"**Active:** The possible values of this field are :guilabel:`R` (active on " +"reboot), :guilabel:`N` (active now), or :guilabel:`-` (inactive). In this " +"example, the system booted from :guilabel:`initial` and is set to boot from " +":guilabel:`initial` on the next boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:576 +msgid "**Space:** The size of the boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:578 +msgid "" +"**Mountpoint:** Indicates whether or not the BE is mounted, and if so, " +"where." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:581 +msgid "**Date:** The date and time the BE was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:583 +msgid "From left to right, the buttons on the top bar are used to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:585 +msgid "" +"**Create BE:** Creates a new boot environment. Do this before making any " +"changes to the system that may impact on your current boot environment. You " +"will be prompted for a name which can only contain letters or numbers. Click" +" :guilabel:`OK` to create the environment, then the system will add it to " +"the list of boot environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:591 +msgid "**Clone BE:** Creates a copy of the highlighted boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:593 +msgid "" +"**Delete BE:** Deletes the highlighted boot environment. You can not delete " +"the boot environment which is marked as *N* or as *R* in the " +":guilabel:`Active` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:597 +msgid "" +"**Rename BE:** Renames the highlighted boot environment. The name will " +"appear in the boot menu when the system boots. You cannot rename the BE " +"which is currently booted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:601 +msgid "" +"**Mount BE:** Mounts the highlighted BE in :file:`/tmp` so its contents are " +"browseable. Note this setting only applies to inactive BEs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:604 +msgid "**Unmount BE:** Unmounts the previously mounted BE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:606 +msgid "" +"**Activate BE:** Notifies the system to boot into the highlighted boot " +"environment next system boot. This will change the :guilabel:`Active` column" +" to *R*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:618 +msgid "" +"To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure" +" %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection " +"screen. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, two boot " +"environments are available in the \"Boot Environments\" section: the entry " +"named \"initial\" represents the initial installation and the entry named " +"\"mybootenvironment\" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. " +"The upper section of this menu indicates the \"initial\" boot environment is" +" set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into " +"unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to " +"highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press " +":kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:635 +msgid "Boot Environments Menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:641 +msgid "Firewall Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:643 +msgid "This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:649 +msgid "Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:651 +msgid "" +"The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed services, as" +" seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also several options to " +"configure these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:659 +msgid "SysAdm™ Service Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:661 +msgid "Services are listed in a chart with four columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:663 +msgid "" +"**Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed alphabetically by" +" name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:666 +msgid "" +"**Running:** Indicates if the service is active. \"True\" means the service " +"is running, \"false\" means it is not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:669 +msgid "" +"**Start on Boot:** Shows with \"true\" or \"false\" if the service will be " +"automatically activated when the system is initialized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:672 +msgid "**Description:** If available, displays text describing the server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:674 +msgid "Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:676 +msgid "**Play Icon:** Starts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:678 +msgid "**Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:680 +msgid "**Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:682 +msgid "**Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:684 +msgid "**Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:686 +msgid "" +"Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description across " +"the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:693 +msgid "Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:695 +msgid "" +"Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a " +"listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:703 +msgid "SysAdm™ Task Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:705 +msgid "" +"The \"Running Programs:\" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:708 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate the " +"selected process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:715 +msgid "User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:717 +msgid "" +"The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and " +"delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click " +":menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:721 +msgid "" +"In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one user" +" account that was created in the \"Create a User\" screen during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:729 +msgid "Viewing User Accounts in User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:731 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:733 +msgid "" +"**User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the system. It" +" is case sensitive and can not contain any spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:736 +msgid "" +"**Full Name:** This field provides a description of the account and can " +"contain spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:739 +msgid "" +"**Password:** This is where you can change the password for the user. The " +"password is case-sensitive and can contain symbols. If you want to display " +"the password as you change it, click the :guilabel:`eye` icon. Click the " +"icon again to show dots in place of the actual password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:745 +msgid "" +"**UID:** This value is greyed out as it is assigned by the operating system " +"and cannot be changed after the user is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:748 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** If you change the user's home directory, input the full " +"path." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:751 +msgid "" +"**Shell Path:** If you change the user's default shell, input the full path " +"to an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:755 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes to a user's \"Details\", click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:758 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when " +"clicking :guilabel:`New User`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:765 +msgid "Creating a New User Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The " +":guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` " +"fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There are " +"several more available fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:772 +msgid "" +"**UID:** By default, the user will be assigned the next available User ID " +"(UID). If you need to force a specific UID, uncheck the :guilabel:`Auto` box" +" and either input or select the number to use. Note you cannot use an UID " +"already in use by another account and those numbers will appear as red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:778 +msgid "" +"**Home Dir Path:** By default, this is set to :file:`/nonexistent` which is " +"the correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins." +" If you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path " +"to use for the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:783 +msgid "" +"**Shell:** By default, this is set to :file:`/usr/bin/nologin`, which is the" +" correct setting for a system account as it prevents unauthorized logins. If" +" you are creating a user account for login purposes, input the full path of " +"an installed shell. The paths for each installed shell can be found in " +":file:`/etc/shells`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:789 +msgid "" +"**Adminstrator Access:** Check this box if the user requires `su(1) " +"`_ access. Note this setting " +"requires the user to know the password of the *root* user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:793 +msgid "" +"**Operator Access:** Check this box if the user requires :command:`sudo` " +"access. This allows the user to precede an administrative command with " +":command:`sudo` and be prompted for their own password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Once you have made your selections, press :guilabel:`Save` to create the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If you click :guilabel:`-` (remove) for a highlighted user, a pop-up menu " +"will ask if you are sure you want to remove the user and a second pop-up " +"will ask if you would also like to delete the user's home directory (along " +"with all of their files). If you click :guilabel:`No` to the second pop-up, " +"the user will still be deleted, but their home directory will remain. Note " +":guilabel:`-` will be greyed out if you highlight the user that started " +"|sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as " +"you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the system, " +"not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in " +":numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:818 +msgid "Viewing All Accounts and Their Details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:820 +msgid "" +"The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed " +"by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any " +"accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a previously " +"working application to stop working. :guilabel:`Advanced View` provides " +"additional information associated with each account, such as the user ID " +"number, full name (description), home directory, default shell, and primary " +"group. System accounts usually have a shell of *nologin* for security " +"reasons, indicating an attacker can not login to the system using that " +"account name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:834 +msgid "PersonaCrypt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:836 +msgid "" +"|trueos| provides support for a security feature known as PersonaCrypt. A " +"PersonaCrypt device is a removable USB media, such as a USB stick, formatted" +" with ZFS and encrypted with GELI. This device is used to hold a specific " +"user's home directory, meaning they can securely transport and access their " +"personal files on any |trueos| or |pcbsd| 10.1.2 or higher system. For " +"example, this can be used to securely access one's home directory from a " +"laptop, home computer, and work computer. The device is protected by an " +"encryption key and a password which is, and should be, separate from the " +"user's login password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:846 +msgid "" +"When a user is configured to use a PersonaCrypt device, that user can not " +"login using an unencrypted session on the same system. In other words, the " +"PersonaCrypt username is reserved for PersonaCrypt use. If you need to login" +" to both encrypted and unencrypted sessions on the same system, create two " +"different user accounts, one for each type of session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:853 +msgid "" +"PersonaCrypt uses GELI's ability to split the key into two parts: one being " +"your passphrase, and the other being a key stored on disk. Without both of " +"these parts, the media cannot be decrypted. This means if somebody steals " +"the key and manages to get your password, it is still worthless without the " +"system it was paired with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:859 +msgid "" +"USB devices do eventually fail. Always backup any important files stored on " +"the PersonaCrypt device to another device or system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:862 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt " +"device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In " +"the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named " +"*dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:874 +msgid "Initialize PersonaCrypt Device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:876 +msgid "" +"Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two " +"buttons are available in the \"PersonaCrypt\" section of \"Advanced Mode\". " +"Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is selected. " +"Also, if you have just created a user and do not see these options, click " +":guilabel:`Apply` then re-highlight the user to display these options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:883 +msgid "" +"**Initialize Device:** Used to prepare the USB device which will be used as " +"the user's home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:886 +msgid "" +"**Import Key:** If the user has already created a PersonaCrypt device on " +"another |trueos| system, click this button to import a previously saved copy" +" of the key associated with the device. Once the key is imported, the user " +"can now login to this computer using PersonaCrypt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:891 +msgid "" +"To prepare a PersonaCrypt device for this user, insert a USB stick and click" +" :guilabel:`Initialize Device`. A pop-up menu will indicate the current " +"contents of the device will be wiped and the device must be larger than the " +"user's current home directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:896 +msgid "" +"Since the USB stick will hold the user's home directory and files, ensure " +"the stick is large enough to meet the anticipated storage needs of the home " +"directory. Since the stick will be reformatted during the initialization " +"process, make sure any current data on the stick you need has been copied " +"elsewhere. Also, the faster the stick, the better the user experience while " +"logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:903 +msgid "" +"Press :guilabel:`OK` in the pop-up menu. This will prompt you to input and " +"confirm the password to associate with the device. Another message will ask " +"if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User " +"Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the " +"initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display " +"the device's key options, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:917 +msgid "PersonaCrypt Key Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:919 +msgid "Several options are now available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:921 +msgid "" +"**Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can be " +"imported for use on another |trueos| system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:924 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (No Data):** Used to uninitialize the PersonaCrypt device on " +"this system. Note the device can still be used to login to other |trueos| " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:928 +msgid "" +"**Disable Key (Import Data):** In addition to uninitializing the " +"PersonaCrypt device on this system, copy the contents of the user's home " +"directory to this system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:932 +msgid "" +"Once a user has been initialized for PersonaCrypt on the system, their user " +"account will no longer be displayed when logging in, **unless** their " +"PersonaCrypt device is inserted. Once the USB device is inserted, the login " +"screen will add an extra field, as seen in the example shown in Figure 4.8b." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:938 +msgid "" +"When stealth sessions have been configured, PersonaCrypt users will still be" +" displayed in the login menu, even if their USB device is not inserted. This" +" is to allow those users the option to instead login using a stealth " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:943 +msgid "" +"In the field with the yellow padlock icon, input the password for the user " +"account. In the field with the grey USB stick icon, input the password " +"associated with the PersonaCrypt device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:947 +msgid "" +"To prevent data corruption and freezing the system **DO NOT** remove the " +"PersonaCrypt device while logged in! Always log out of your session before " +"physically removing the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:955 +msgid "Managing Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:957 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the " +"system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in :numref:`Figure %s `, " +"shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:966 +msgid "Managing Groups Using User Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:968 +msgid "This screen has 2 columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:970 +msgid "" +"**Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:973 +msgid "" +"**Available:** Shows all of the system and user accounts on the system in " +"alphabetical order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:976 +msgid "" +"To add an account to a group, highlight the group name, then highlight the " +"account name in the :guilabel:`Available` column. Click the left arrow and " +"the selected account will appear in the :guilabel:`Members` column. You " +"should only add user accounts to groups you create yourself or when an " +"application's installation instructions indicate an account needs to be " +"added to a group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:983 +msgid "" +"If you add a user to the *operator* group, they will have permission to use " +"commands requiring administrative access and will be prompted for their own " +"password when administrative access is required. If you add a user to the " +"*wheel* group, they will be granted access to the :command:`su` command and " +"will be prompted for the superuser password whenever they use the command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:990 +msgid "To view all of the groups on the system, click :guilabel:`Advanced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:996 +msgid "Life Preserver" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:998 +msgid "" +"The Life Preserver utility is designed to take full advantage of the " +"functionality provided by ZFS snapshots. This utility allows you to schedule" +" snapshots of a ZFS pool and to optionally replicate those snapshots to " +"another system over an encrypted connection. This design provides several " +"benefits:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1004 +msgid "" +"A snapshot provides a \"point-in-time\" image of the ZFS pool. In one way, " +"this is similar to a full system backup as the snapshot contains the " +"information for the entire filesystem. However, it has several advantages " +"over a full backup. Snapshots occur instantaneously, meaning the filesystem " +"does not need to be unmounted and you can continue to use applications on " +"your system as the snapshot is created. Since snapshots contain the meta-" +"data ZFS uses to access files, the snapshots themselves are small and " +"subsequent snapshots only contain the changes that occurred since the last " +"snapshot was taken. This space efficiency means you can take snapshots " +"often. Snapshots also provide a convenient way to access previous versions " +"of files as you can browse to the point-in-time for the version of the file " +"you need. Life Preserver makes it easy to configure when snapshots are taken" +" and provides a built-in graphical browser for finding and restoring the " +"files within a snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1020 +msgid "" +"Replication is an efficient way to keep the files on two systems in sync. " +"With Life Preserver, the snapshots taken on the |trueos| system will be " +"synchronized with their versions stored on the specified backup server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1025 +msgid "Snapshots are sent to the backup server over an encrypted connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1027 +msgid "" +"Having a copy of the snapshots on another system makes it possible to " +"perform an operating system restore should the |trueos| system become " +"unusable or to deploy an identical system to different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1031 +msgid "" +"To manage snapshots and replication using the |sysadm| graphical client, go " +"to :menuselection:`Utilities --> Life Preserver`. The rest of this section " +"describes where to find and how to use the features built into Life " +"Preserver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1040 +msgid "Snapshots Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1042 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a " +"system not yet configured. This system has a \"ZFS Pool\" named \"tank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1049 +msgid "Snapshot Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1051 +msgid "" +"This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1053 +msgid "" +"**Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool now. For " +"example, you could create a snapshot before making changes to an important " +"file, so you can preserve a copy of the previous version of the file. Or, " +"you can create a snapshot as you make modifications to the system " +"configuration. When creating a snapshot, a pop-up message will prompt you to" +" input a name for the snapshot, allowing you to choose a name that is useful" +" in helping you remember why you took the snapshot. An entry will be added " +"to this screen for the snapshot where the :guilabel:`Name` will be the name " +"you input and the :guilabel:`Comment` will inidcate the date and time the " +"snapshot was created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1064 +msgid "" +"**Remove:** Used to delete a highlighted snapshot. **This is a permanent " +"change that can not be reversed.** In other words, the versions of files at " +"the point in time the snapshot was created will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1069 +msgid "" +"**Revert:** If you highlight a snapshot entry, this button and the drop-down" +" menu next to it will activate. You can use the drop-down menu to specify " +"which pool or dataset you would like to revert. **Be aware that a revert " +"will overwrite the current contents of the selected pool or dataset to the " +"point in time the snapshot was created.** This means files changes occurring" +" after the snapshot was taken will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1081 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1119 +msgid "Replication Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1083 +msgid "" +"Life Preserver can be configured to replicate snapshots to another system " +"over an encrypted SSH connection, though the backup itself is stored in an " +"unencrypted format. This ensures you have a backup copy of your snapshots on" +" another system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1088 +msgid "" +"In order to configure replication, the remote system to hold a copy of the " +"snapshots must first meet several requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1091 +msgid "" +"The backup server **must be formatted with the latest version of ZFS,** also" +" known as ZFS feature flags or ZFSv5000. Operating systems that support this" +" version of ZFS include |trueos|, FreeBSD or |pcbsd| 9.2 or higher, and " +"FreeNAS 9.1.x or higher." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1097 +msgid "" +"The system must have SSH installed and the SSH service must be running. If " +"the backup server is running |trueos|, |pcbsd|, |freenas| or FreeBSD, SSH is" +" already installed, but you will need to start the SSH service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1102 +msgid "" +"If the backup server is running |trueos| or |pcbsd|, you will need to open " +"TCP port 22 (SSH) using the :guilabel:`Firewall Manager`. If the server is " +"running FreeBSD and a firewall has been configured, add a rule to open this " +"port in the firewall ruleset. |freenas| does not run a firewall by default. " +"Also, if there is a network firewall between the |trueos| system and the " +"backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1110 +msgid "" +":numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` " +"tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This " +"screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1121 +msgid "" +"To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the \"Setup " +"Replication\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1129 +msgid "Scheduling a Replication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1131 +msgid "Input the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1133 +msgid "" +"**Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the replicated " +"snapshots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1136 +msgid "" +"**SSH Port:** The port number, if the remote system is running SSH on a port" +" other than the default of 22." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1139 +msgid "" +"**Dataset:** The name of the ZFS pool and optional dataset on the remote " +"system. For example, \"remotetank\" will save the snapshots to a ZFS pool of" +" that name and \"remotetank/mybackups\" will save the snapshots to an " +"existing dataset named \"mybackups\" on the pool named \"remotetank\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1145 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often to initiate the " +"replication. Available choices are :guilabel:`Sync with snapshot` (at the " +"same time a snapshot is created), :guilabel:`Daily` (when selected, displays" +" a time drop-down menu so you can select the time of day), " +":guilabel:`Hourly`, every :guilabel:`30 minutes`, every :guilabel:`10 " +"minutes`, or :guilabel:`Manual Only` (only occurs when you click " +":guilabel:`Start`) in this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1154 +msgid "" +"**Username:** The username must already exist on the remote system, have " +"write access to the specified \"Dataset\", and have permission to SSH into " +"that system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1158 +msgid "**Password:** The password associated with the \"Username\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1160 +msgid "" +"**Local DS:** Use the drop-down menu to select the pool or dataset to " +"replicate to the remote system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1163 +msgid "" +"The buttons at the top of the \"Setup Replication\" screen have several " +"uses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1166 +msgid "" +"**+ icon:** Sdd a replication schedule. Multiple schedules are supported, " +"meaning you can replicate to multiple systems or replicate different \"Local" +" DS\" datasets at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1170 +msgid "" +"**- icon:** Remove an already created, and highlighted, replication " +"schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1173 +msgid "**gear icon:** Modify the schedule for the highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1175 +msgid "" +"**Start:** Manually starts a replication to the system specified in the " +"highlighted replication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1178 +msgid "" +"**Initialize:** Deletes the existing replicated snapshots on the remote " +"system and starts a new replication. This is useful if a replication gets " +"stuck and will not complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1186 +msgid "Schedules Tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1188 +msgid "" +"This tab is used to manage when snapshots of the ZFS pool are created. " +"Multiple snapshot schedules are supported if the system has multiple pools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1192 +msgid "" +"Snapshots are created on the entire pool as they are needed when " +":ref:`Restoring the Operating System`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1195 +msgid "" +"To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the " +"lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the \"Setup Snapshot " +"Schedule\" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1203 +msgid "Scheduling a Snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1205 +msgid "This pane contains several options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1207 +msgid "**ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1209 +msgid "" +"**Snapshots to keep:** Snapshots are automatically pruned after the " +"specified number of snapshots to prevent snapshots from eventually using up " +"all of your disk space. If you would like to have multiple versions of files" +" to choose from, select the number of snapshots to keep. Note auto-pruning " +"only occurs on the snapshots generated by Life Preserver according to the " +"configured schedule. Auto-pruning will not delete any snapshots you create " +"manually in the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1218 +msgid "" +"**Frequency:** Use the drop-down menu to select how often snapshots occur. " +"Options include \"Daily\" (which will allow you to select the time of day), " +"\"Hourly\" every \"30 Minutes\", every \"10 Minutes\", or every \"5 " +"Minutes\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1223 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a snapshot schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon " +"next to the \"camera\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the \"X\" " +"icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1227 +msgid "" +"This screen can also be used to manage the ZFS scrub schedule. Scrubs are " +"recommended as they can provide an early indication of a potential disk " +"failure. Since scrubs can be scheduled on a per-pool basis, if you have " +"multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1232 +msgid "" +"To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which" +" will activate the \"Setup Scrub Schedule\" screen shown in :numref:`Figure " +"%s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1240 +msgid "Scheduling a Scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1242 +msgid "" +"Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are \"Daily\", \"Weekly\", or " +"\"Monthly\". If you select \"Daily\", you can configure the \"Hour\". If you" +" select \"Weekly\", you can configure the \"Day of week\" and the \"Hour\". " +"If you select \"Monthly\", you can configure the \"Date\" and \"Hour\". " +"Since a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time " +"when the system will not be in heavy use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1250 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the \"gear\" icon next " +"to the \"schedule scrub\" icon to modify the highlighted schedule or the " +"\"X\" icon to delete the highlighted schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1260 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1267 +msgid "Life Preserver Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1269 +msgid "Many settings are configurable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1271 +msgid "" +"**Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which " +"percentage of disk space Life Preserver will display an alert in the system " +"tray. This is useful to prevent snapshots from using up all available disk " +"space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1276 +msgid "" +"**Email:** To receive an email when disk usage reaches the percentage " +"configured in the \"Disk Usage Warning\", enter an email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1279 +msgid "" +"**Email Trigger:** This setting can be set to \"All\", \"Warn\", or " +"\"Error\" and indicates the type of condition which will trigger an email " +"message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1282 +msgid "**Recursive Management:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1284 +msgid "" +"If you make any changes in this screen, press :guilabel:`Save Settings` to " +"apply them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1291 +msgid "Using the lpreserver CLI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1293 +msgid "" +"The :command:`lpreserver` command line utility can also be used to manage " +"snapshots and replication. This command needs to be run as the superuser. To" +" display its usage, type the command without any arguments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1313 +msgid "" +"Each command has its own help text that describes its parameters and " +"provides a usage example. For example, to receive help on how to use the " +":command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1374 +msgid "" +":numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the " +"graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:0 +msgid "Command Line and GUI Equivalents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Command Line**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**GUI**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1382 +msgid "**Description**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "**cronsnap**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "\"Snapshots\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1384 +msgid "" +"schedule when snapshots occur and how long to keep them; the **stop** option" +" can be used to disable snapshot creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "**cronscrub**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "\"Schedules\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1389 +msgid "schedule a ZFS scrub" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "**get**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "\"Settings\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1391 +msgid "list Life Preserver options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "**replicate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "\"Replication\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1393 +msgid "" +"used to list, add, and remove backup server; read the **help** for this " +"command for examples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "**set**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1398 +msgid "" +"configures Life Preserver options; read **help** for the list of " +"configurable options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "**snapshot**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1402 +msgid "" +"create and replicate a new ZFS snapshot; by default, snapshots are " +"recursive, meaning that a that a snapshot is taken of every dataset within a" +" pool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "**status**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1408 +msgid "lists the last snapshot name and replication status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1415 +msgid "Restoring the Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1417 +msgid "" +"If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you" +" can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system " +"restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until " +"you get to the screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1427 +msgid "Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1429 +msgid "" +"Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. " +"Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order " +"to determine if the network connection was automatically detected. If not, " +"refer to the instructions in the `Network Manager " +"`_ section of " +"the |trueos| handbook and make sure that networking is working before " +"continuing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1437 +msgid "" +"Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and" +" :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown " +"in :numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server" +" and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the " +"server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the \"SSH port\" " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1449 +msgid "Input the Information for a SSH Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1451 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your " +"selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click " +":guilabel:`Back` to correct them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1455 +msgid "" +"Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to " +"select which host to restore. In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s " +"`, only one host has been backed up to the replication server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1466 +msgid "Select the Host to Restore" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../sysadmclient.rst:1468 +msgid "" +"After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will" +" provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user " +"account associated with the replication, and the hostname of the target " +"system. Click :guilabel:`Finish` and the installer will proceed to the `Disk" +" Selection Screen `_. At this point, you can click the :guilabel:`Customize` " +"button to customize the disk options. However, in the screen shown in Figure" +" 3.3h, the ZFS datasets will be greyed out as they will be recreated from " +"the backup during the restore. Once you are finished with any " +"customizations, click :guilabel:`Next` to perform the restore." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/client_handbook/sysadmclient.rst b/docs/client_handbook/sysadmclient.rst index b918f21..a341286 100644 --- a/docs/client_handbook/sysadmclient.rst +++ b/docs/client_handbook/sysadmclient.rst @@ -69,35 +69,37 @@ Finding Software ---------------- The "Browse" tab, shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Browse Tab of AppCafe® `, is used to find +:numref:`Figure %s `, is used to find available software. .. _appcafe1: .. figure:: images/appcafe1.png + Browse Tab of AppCafe® + This screen contains the following options: -**Back:** click this button to leave a category or search result and +**Back:** Click this button to leave a category or search result and return to the previous screen. -**Repository drop-down menu:** use this drop-down menu to select the +**Repository drop-down menu:** Use this drop-down menu to select the repository to search or browse. The selections include: "major" (applications available for installation), "base" (applications that are part of the base operating system), and "local" (all installed applications). -**Search:** to see if an application is available, enter its name and +**Search:** To see if an application is available, enter its name and click the "binoculars" icon. Alternately, enter a description. For example, a search for "browser" will display software with "browser" in the name as well as applications which provide browser functionality, such as Firefox. -**Browse Categories:** this drop-down menu lists the available software +**Browse Categories:** This drop-down menu lists the available software categories. If you select a category, it will only display or show search results from that category. -**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** the buttons in these +**Popular Searches and Popular Categories:** The buttons in these sections can be used to quickly find applications which are recommended by other |trueos| users. Click a button to get a curated list of applications that match the button's description. @@ -110,7 +112,7 @@ down arrow icon which can be clicked to install that application. Click the name of an application to view more information about that application. In the example shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application `, +:numref:`Figure %s `, the user has clicked :guilabel:`Firefox` on a system that has Firefox installed. @@ -126,6 +128,8 @@ installed. .. figure:: images/appcafe2.png + AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application + As seen in this example, the information for an application includes the application's icon, name, and description. Click the application's name to open the website for the application in the default web @@ -138,12 +142,14 @@ second (bottom) pane displays the message that appears when the package is installed. An example of the "?" tab is shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: More Application Details ` +:numref:`Figure %s ` .. _appcafe3: .. figure:: images/appcafe3.png + AppCafe®: More Application Details + This tab displays a variety of information: * Software version. @@ -164,19 +170,23 @@ This tab displays a variety of information: If the package includes screenshots of the application, you can click the next tab, which has an image icon, to view and scroll through the screenshots. An example is shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Viewing the Application's Screenshots ` +:numref:`Figure %s ` .. _appcafe4: .. figure:: images/appcafe4.png + AppCafe®: Viewing the Application's Screenshots + An example of the last tab, which has a list icon, is shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _appcafe5: .. figure:: images/appcafe5.png + AppCafe®: Viewing the Details of an Installed Application + This tab contains the following information. Click the right arrow next to an entry to expand its information and the down arrow to collapse the information. @@ -198,12 +208,14 @@ Managing Installed Software To view and manage the applications which are installed on the system, click the :guilabel:`Installed` tab. An example is seen in -:numref:`Figure %s: Installed Tab of AppCafe® `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _appcafe6: .. figure:: images/appcafe6.png + AppCafe®: Installed Tab + This screen offers several actions: * **All:** check this box to select all installed applications or @@ -245,7 +257,7 @@ allows you to select or deselect a number of options: automatically uninstall. In the example shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked `, +:numref:`Figure %s `, the user has checked all available options. In this example, :guilabel:`aalib` has dependencies (banner icon), :guilabel:`alsa-lib` has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-plugins` is an orphan (flag icon). @@ -253,10 +265,12 @@ has been locked, and :guilabel:`alsa-plugins` is an orphan (flag icon). .. _appcafe7: .. figure:: images/appcafe7.png - + + AppCafe®: Viewing Applications With All Options Checked + If you install or uninstall any software, click the :guilabel:`Pending` tab to view the details of the operation. In the example shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Viewing the Status of the Operation `, +:numref:`Figure %s `, this system has had a package install and a package locking operation, and each has a dated entry in the process log. Highlight an entry and check the :guilabel:`View Process Log` box to review the log for the @@ -266,6 +280,8 @@ operation. .. figure:: images/appcafe8.png + AppCafe®: Viewing the Status of the Operation + .. index:: updates .. _Update Manager: @@ -326,12 +342,14 @@ Managing Updates ---------------- An example of the :guilabel:`Updates` tab is shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Managing Updates `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _update1: .. figure:: images/update1.png + Managing Updates + In this example, updates are available for installed packages. If a security update is available, it will be listed as such. Apply the available updates by clicking the box next to each entry you want to @@ -357,23 +375,26 @@ system last checked for updates. To manually check for updates, click The :guilabel:`Branches` tab of Update Manager provides a listing of available branches. In the example shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Switching Branches `, this system is -currently running the 10.2 branch and the upcoming 11.0 branch is -available for selection. +:numref:`Figure %s `, this system is currently running the 10.2 +branch and the upcoming 11.0 branch is available for selection. .. TODO update3.png needs to be added to images file. .. _update3: -.. figure:: images/update3.png +.. figure:: images/update3.png + + Switching Branches The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Settings Tab `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _update4: .. figure:: images/update4.png + Settings Tab + This tab contains several configurable options: * **Max Boot Environments:** |trueos| automatically creates a boot @@ -426,13 +447,14 @@ To perform the installation to a new boot environment, start the `TrueOS® Handbook `_. In the `System Selection Screen `_, choose to install either a desktop or a server. Press :guilabel:`Next` -to view the pop-up screen shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Install to Boot Environment `. +to view the pop-up screen shown in :numref:`Figure %s `. .. _upgrade1: .. figure:: images/upgrade1.png + Install to Boot Environment + To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press :guilabel:`OK`. @@ -443,12 +465,14 @@ To upgrade, select the existing pool to install into and press If you press :guilabel:`OK` to proceed with an installation into a new boot environment, the installer will skip the "Disk Selection" screen and instead show a summary, seen in -:numref:`Figure %s: Start the Install to Boot Environment `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _upgrade2: .. figure:: images/upgrade2.png + Start the Install to Boot Environment + Press :guilabel:`Next` to start the installation. Once the installation is complete, reboot the system and remove the installation media. The post-installation screens will run as described in the @@ -517,14 +541,15 @@ which boot environment is selected at system boot. To view, manage, and create boot environments using the |sysadm| graphical client, go to :menuselection:`System Management --> Boot Environment Manager`. In the -example shown in :numref:`Figure %s: Managing Boot Environments `, -there is an entry named *initial* that represents the original |trueos| -installation. +example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, there is an entry named +*initial* that represents the original |trueos| installation. .. _be1: .. figure:: images/be1.png + Managing Boot Environments + Each entry contains the same information: * **Name:** The name of the boot entry as it will appear in the boot @@ -579,23 +604,79 @@ column to *R*. .. figure:: images/install1b.png + TrueOS® Boot Menu + To boot into another boot environment, press :kbd:`7` at the :numref:`Figure %s: TrueOS® Boot Menu ` to access the boot menu selection screen. In the example shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Boot Environments Menu `, two boot environments -are available in the "Boot Environments" section: the entry named -"initial" represents the initial installation and the entry named -"mybootenvironment" was manually created using Boot Environment Manager. -The upper section of this menu indicates the "initial" boot environment -is set to active, or the one the system has been configured to boot into -unless another BE is manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys -to highlight the boot environment you would like to boot into, and press -:kbd:`Enter` to continue booting into the selected boot environment. +:numref:`Figure %s `, two boot environments are available in the +"Boot Environments" section: the entry named "initial" represents the +initial installation and the entry named "mybootenvironment" was +manually created using Boot Environment Manager. The upper section of +this menu indicates the "initial" boot environment is set to active, or +the one the system has been configured to boot into unless another BE is +manually selected in this menu. Use the arrow keys to highlight the boot +environment you would like to boot into, and press :kbd:`Enter` to +continue booting into the selected boot environment. .. _be2: .. figure:: images/be2.png + Boot Environments Menu + +.. index:: sysadm, configuration +.. _Firewall Manager: + +Firewall Manager +================ + +This section to be filled in when the firewall manager is operational. + +.. index:: sysadm, configuration +.. _Server Manager: + +Service Manager +=============== + +The Service Manager offers a view of all the system's installed +services, as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. There are also +several options to configure these services. + +.. _service1: + +.. figure:: images/service1.png + + SysAdm™ Service Manager + +Services are listed in a chart with four columns: + +* **Name:** The name of the service. All services are listed + alphabetically by name. + +* **Running:** Indicates if the service is active. "True" means the + service is running, "false" means it is not. + +* **Start on Boot:** Shows with "true" or "false" if the service will be + automatically activated when the system is initialized. + +* **Description:** If available, displays text describing the server. + +Underneath the chart is a row with multiple buttons: + +* **Play Icon:** Starts the selected service. + +* **Pause Icon:** Stops the selected service. + +* **Reload Icon:** Restarts the selected service. + +* **Power On Icon:** Enables the service to automatically start on boot. + +* **Power Off Icon:** Disables the service from starting on boot. + +Hovering over any of these icons will display a helpful description +across the bottom of the window. + .. index:: sysadm, configuration .. _Task Manager: @@ -604,13 +685,15 @@ Task Manager Task Manager provides a graphical view of memory use, per-CPU use and a listing of currently running applications. An example is shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Task Manager `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _task1: .. figure:: images/task1.png -The "Running Programs: section provides a graphical front-end to + SysAdm™ Task Manager + +The "Running Programs:" section provides a graphical front-end to `top(1) `_. The :guilabel:`Kill Selected Process` button can be used to terminate @@ -626,15 +709,16 @@ The |trueos| User Manager utility allows you to easily add, configure, and delete users and groups. To access this utility in |sysadm|, click :menuselection:`System Management --> User Manager`. -In the example shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Viewing User Accounts in User Manager `, -the system has one user account that was created in the "Create a User -Screen" during installation. +In the example shown in :numref:`Figure %s `, the system has one +user account that was created in the "Create a User" screen during +installation. .. _user1: .. figure:: images/user1.png + Viewing User Accounts in User Manager + The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following: * **User Name:** The name the user will use when they log in to the @@ -662,13 +746,15 @@ The :guilabel:`Standard` view allows you to configure the following: If you make any changes to a user's "Details", click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save them. -:numref:`Figure %s: Creating a New User Account ` demonstrates -how this screen changes when you click the :guilabel:`New User` button. +:numref:`Figure %s ` demonstrates how this screen changes when +clicking :guilabel:`New User`. .. _user2: .. figure:: images/user2.png + Creating a New User Account + Fields outlined in red are required when creating a user. The :guilabel:`User Name`, :guilabel:`Full Name`, and :guilabel:`Password` fields are the same as described in the :guilabel:`Details` tab. There @@ -712,15 +798,16 @@ highlight the user that started |sysadm|. It will also be greyed out if there is only one user account, as you need at least one user to login to the |trueos| system. -If you click :guilabel:`Advanced View`, this screen will change to show -all of the accounts on the system, not just the user accounts you -created. An example is seen in -:numref:`Figure %s: Viewing All Accounts and Their Details `. +Click :guilabel:`Advanced View` to show all of the accounts on the +system, not just the user accounts you created. An example is seen in +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _user3: .. figure:: images/user3.png + Viewing All Accounts and Their Details + The accounts you did not create are known as system accounts and are needed by the operating system or installed applications. Do **not** delete any accounts you did not create yourself as doing so may cause a @@ -766,9 +853,8 @@ worthless without the system it was paired with. The :guilabel:`PersonaCrypt` tab can be used to initialize a PersonaCrypt device for any login user, **except** for the currently logged in user. In the example shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Initialize PersonaCrypt Device `, a new user, -named *dlavigne*, has been created and the entry for the user has been -clicked. +:numref:`Figure %s `, a new user, named *dlavigne*, has been +created and the entry for the user has been clicked. .. TODO Add user5.png to images folder. @@ -776,6 +862,8 @@ clicked. .. figure:: images/user5.png + Initialize PersonaCrypt Device + Before a user is configured to use PersonaCrypt on a |trueos| system, two buttons are available in the "PersonaCrypt" section of "Advanced Mode". Note this section is hidden if the currently logged in user is @@ -809,7 +897,7 @@ will ask if you are ready. Click :guilabel:`Yes` to initialize the device. The User Manager screen will be greyed out while the device is prepared. Once the initialization is complete, the User Manager screen will change to display the device's key options, as seen in -:numref:`Figure %s: PersonaCrypt Key Options `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. TODO Add user6.png to images folder. @@ -817,6 +905,8 @@ will change to display the device's key options, as seen in .. figure:: images/user6.png + PersonaCrypt Key Options + Several options are now available: * **Export Key:** Used to create a copy of the encryption key so it can @@ -857,13 +947,15 @@ Managing Groups Click the :guilabel:`Groups` tab to view and manage the groups on the system. The :guilabel:`Standard` tab, seen in -:numref:`Figure %s: Managing Groups Using User Manager `, -shows the group membership for the *operator* and *wheel* groups: +:numref:`Figure %s `, shows the group membership for the +*operator* and *wheel* groups: .. _user4: .. figure:: images/user4.png + Managing Groups Using User Manager + This screen has 2 columns: **Members:** Indicates if the highlighted group contains any user @@ -938,14 +1030,15 @@ Life Preserver. Snapshots Tab ------------- -:numref:`Figure %s: Snapshot Tab ` shows the -:guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on a system not yet configured. This system -has a "ZFS Pool" named "tank". +:numref:`Figure %s ` shows the :guilabel:`Snapshots` tab on +a system not yet configured. This system has a "ZFS Pool" named "tank". .. _lpreserver1: .. figure:: images/lpreserver1.png + Snapshot Tab + This screen will display any created snapshots and provides buttons to: **Create:** Used to create a manual snapshot of the specified pool @@ -1005,7 +1098,7 @@ the snapshots must first meet several requirements: the |trueos| system and the backup system, make sure it has a rule to allow SSH. -:numref:`Figure %s: Replication Tab ` shows the initial +:numref:`Figure %s ` shows the initial :guilabel:`Replication` tab on a system that has not yet been configured for replication. This screen is used to create, view, remove, and configure the replication schedule. @@ -1014,14 +1107,18 @@ configure the replication schedule. .. figure:: images/lpreserver2.png + Replication Tab + To schedule the replication, click :guilabel:`+` to display the "Setup Replication" screen shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Scheduling a Replication `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _lpreserver3: .. figure:: images/lpreserver3.png + Scheduling a Replication + Input the following information: * **Host IP:** The IP address of the remote system to store the @@ -1088,13 +1185,14 @@ pools. To create a snapshot schedule, click the :guilabel:`camera` icon in the lower left corner of this tab. This will activate the "Setup Snapshot -Schedule" pane as seen in -:numref:`Figure %s: Scheduling a Snapshot `. +Schedule" pane as seen in :numref:`Figure %s `. .. _lpreserver4: .. figure:: images/lpreserver4.png + Scheduling a Snapshot + This pane contains several options: **ZPool:** Select the ZFS pool to snapshot. @@ -1124,18 +1222,20 @@ have multiple pools, create a scrub schedule for each pool. To schedule when the scrub occurs, click the third icon from the right which will activate the "Setup Scrub Schedule" screen shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Scheduling a Scrub `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _lpreserver5: .. figure:: images/lpreserver5.png -Select the pool from the "ZPool" drop-down menu, then select the -"Frequency". Supported frequencies are "Daily", "Weekly", or -"Monthly". If you select "Daily", you can configure the "Hour". If you -select "Weekly", you can configure the "Day of week" and the "Hour". If -you select "Monthly", you can configure the "Date" and "Hour". Since a -scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time when + Scheduling a Scrub + +Select the pool from the :guilabel:`ZPool` drop-down menu, then select +the :guilabel:`Frequency`. Supported frequencies are "Daily", "Weekly", +or "Monthly". If you select "Daily", you can configure the "Hour". If +you select "Weekly", you can configure the "Day of week" and the "Hour". +If you select "Monthly", you can configure the "Date" and "Hour". Since +a scrub can be disk I/O intensive, it is recommended to pick a time when the system will not be in heavy use. Once you have created a scrub schedule, you can use the "gear" icon @@ -1149,12 +1249,14 @@ Settings Tab ------------- The :guilabel:`Settings` tab is shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Life Preserver Settings `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _lpreserver6: .. figure:: images/lpreserver6.png + Life Preserver Settings + Many settings are configurable: **Disk Usage Warning:** Enter a number up to 99 to indicate at which @@ -1260,41 +1362,43 @@ the :command:`lpreserver cronsnap` command, type: listexclude List which datasets are excluded from schedule snapshots. -Table 10.10a shows the command line equivalents to the graphical -options provided by the Life Preserver GUI. +:numref:`Table %s ` shows the command line equivalents to the +graphical options provided by the Life Preserver GUI. -**Table 10.10a: Command Line and GUI Equivalents** +.. _table_1: -+------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ -| **Command Line** | **GUI** | **Description** | -+==================+===================+====================================+ -| **cronsnap** | "Snapshots" tab | schedule when snapshots occur | -| | | and how long to keep them; the | -| | | **stop** option can be used to | -| | | disable snapshot creation | -+------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ -| **cronscrub** | "Schedules" tab | schedule a ZFS scrub | -+------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ -| **get** | "Settings" tab | list Life Preserver options | -+------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ -| **replicate** | "Replication" tab | used to list, add, and remove | -| | | backup server; read the **help** | -| | | for this command for examples | -| | | | -+------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ -| **set** | "Settings" tab | configures Life Preserver options; | -| | | read **help** for the list of | -| | | configurable options | -+------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ -| **snapshot** | "Snapshots" tab | create and replicate a new ZFS | -| | | snapshot; by default, snapshots | -| | | are recursive, meaning that a | -| | | that a snapshot is taken of every | -| | | dataset within a pool | -+------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ -| **status** | | lists the last snapshot name and | -| | | replication status | -+------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ +.. table:: Command Line and GUI Equivalents + + +------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ + | **Command Line** | **GUI** | **Description** | + +==================+===================+====================================+ + | **cronsnap** | "Snapshots" tab | schedule when snapshots occur | + | | | and how long to keep them; the | + | | | **stop** option can be used to | + | | | disable snapshot creation | + +------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ + | **cronscrub** | "Schedules" tab | schedule a ZFS scrub | + +------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ + | **get** | "Settings" tab | list Life Preserver options | + +------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ + | **replicate** | "Replication" tab | used to list, add, and remove | + | | | backup server; read the **help** | + | | | for this command for examples | + | | | | + +------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ + | **set** | "Settings" tab | configures Life Preserver options; | + | | | read **help** for the list of | + | | | configurable options | + +------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ + | **snapshot** | "Snapshots" tab | create and replicate a new ZFS | + | | | snapshot; by default, snapshots | + | | | are recursive, meaning that a | + | | | that a snapshot is taken of every | + | | | dataset within a pool | + +------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ + | **status** | | lists the last snapshot name and | + | | | replication status | + +------------------+-------------------+------------------------------------+ .. _Restoring the Operating System: @@ -1305,12 +1409,14 @@ If you have replicated the system's snapshots to a remote backup server, you can use a |trueos| installation media to perform an operating system restore or to clone another system. Start the installation as usual until you get to the screen shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup `. +:numref:`Figure %s `. .. _restore1: .. figure:: images/restore1.png + Selecting to Restore/Clone From Backup + Before you can perform a restore, the network interface must be configured. Click :guilabel:`Network Connectivity` (second icon from the left) in order to determine if the network connection was automatically @@ -1322,7 +1428,7 @@ working before continuing. Once you are ready, click :guilabel:`Restore from Life-Preserver backup` and :guilabel:`Next`. This will start the Restore Wizard. In the screen shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Input the Information for a SSH Restore `, +:numref:`Figure %s `, input the IP address of the backup server and the name of the user account used to replicate the snapshots. If the server is listening on a non-standard SSH port, change the "SSH port" number. @@ -1331,14 +1437,16 @@ a non-standard SSH port, change the "SSH port" number. .. figure:: images/restore2.png + Input the Information for a SSH Restore + Click :guilabel:`Next` and the wizard will provide a summary of your selections. If correct, click :guilabel:`Finish`; otherwise, click :guilabel:`Back` to correct them. Once the connection to the backup server succeeds, you will be able to select which host to restore. In the example shown in -:numref:`Figure %s: Select the Host to Restore `, -only one host has been backed up to the replication server. +:numref:`Figure %s `, only one host has been backed up to the +replication server. .. TODO Add restore4.png to images folder. @@ -1346,6 +1454,8 @@ only one host has been backed up to the replication server. .. figure:: images/restore4.png + Select the Host to Restore + After making your selection, click :guilabel:`Next`. The restore wizard will provide a summary of which host it will restore from, the name of the user account associated with the replication, and the hostname of diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/Makefile b/docs/server_handbook/Makefile index c812057..69df769 100644 --- a/docs/server_handbook/Makefile +++ b/docs/server_handbook/Makefile @@ -4,13 +4,15 @@ # You can set these variables from the command line. SPHINXOPTS = SPHINXBUILD = sphinx-build +SPHINXINTL = sphinx-intl PAPER = BUILDDIR = _build # User-friendly check for sphinx-build -#ifeq ($(shell which $(SPHINXBUILD) >/dev/null 2>&1; echo $$?), 1) -#$(error The '$(SPHINXBUILD)' command was not found. Make sure you have Sphinx installed, then set the SPHINXBUILD environment variable to point to the full path of the '$(SPHINXBUILD)' executable. Alternatively you can add the directory with the executable to your PATH. If you don't have Sphinx installed, grab it from http://sphinx-doc.org/) -#endif +SPHINXBUILDCHECK= := $(shell which $(SPHINXBUILD) 2>/dev/null) +.ifndef SPHINXBUILDCHECK +.error "The '$(SPHINXBUILD)' command was not found. Make sure you have Sphinx installed, then set the SPHINXBUILD environment variable to point to the full path of the '$(SPHINXBUILD)' executable. Alternatively you can add the directory with the executable to your PATH. If you don\'t have Sphinx installed, grab it from http://sphinx-doc.org/)" +.endif # Internal variables. PAPEROPT_a4 = -D latex_paper_size=a4 @@ -19,7 +21,7 @@ ALLSPHINXOPTS = -d $(BUILDDIR)/doctrees $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . # the i18n builder cannot share the environment and doctrees with the others I18NSPHINXOPTS = $(PAPEROPT_$(PAPER)) $(SPHINXOPTS) . -.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest coverage gettext +.PHONY: help clean html dirhtml singlehtml pickle json htmlhelp qthelp devhelp epub latex latexpdf text man changes linkcheck doctest gettext help: @echo "Please use \`make ' where is one of" @@ -30,7 +32,6 @@ help: @echo " json to make JSON files" @echo " htmlhelp to make HTML files and a HTML help project" @echo " qthelp to make HTML files and a qthelp project" - @echo " applehelp to make an Apple Help Book" @echo " devhelp to make HTML files and a Devhelp project" @echo " epub to make an epub" @echo " latex to make LaTeX files, you can set PAPER=a4 or PAPER=letter" @@ -46,13 +47,49 @@ help: @echo " pseudoxml to make pseudoxml-XML files for display purposes" @echo " linkcheck to check all external links for integrity" @echo " doctest to run all doctests embedded in the documentation (if enabled)" - @echo " coverage to run coverage check of the documentation (if enabled)" + @echo " i18n to fetch and prep the i18n files" + +i18n: + $(MAKE) gettext + $(SPHINXINTL) -p $(BUILDDIR)/locale -d ./po update \ + -l ar \ + -l bg \ + -l da \ + -l de \ + -l es \ + -l fr \ + -l id \ + -l it \ + -l pt_BR \ + -l tr \ + -l uk \ + -l zh_CN \ + -l zh_HK + $(SPHINXINTL) -d ./po build clean: rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/* html: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html +.if exists(po) +.if exists($(BUILDDIR)/locale-po) + @rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/locale-po +.endif + @cp -r ./po $(BUILDDIR)/locale-po + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='bg' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-bg + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='da' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-da + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='de' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-de + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='es' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-es + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='fr' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-fr + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='id' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-id + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='it' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-it + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='pt_BR' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-pt_BR + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='tr' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-tr + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='uk' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-uk + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='zh_CN' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-zh_CN + $(SPHINXBUILD) -D language='zh_HK' -b html $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/html-zh_HK +.endif @echo @echo "Build finished. The HTML pages are in $(BUILDDIR)/html." @@ -87,25 +124,17 @@ qthelp: @echo @echo "Build finished; now you can run "qcollectiongenerator" with the" \ ".qhcp project file in $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp, like this:" - @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/SystemsAdministratorUtilityUserGuide.qhcp" + @echo "# qcollectiongenerator $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/PC-BSDUserGuide.qhcp" @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/SystemsAdministratorUtilityUserGuide.qhc" - -applehelp: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b applehelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/applehelp - @echo - @echo "Build finished. The help book is in $(BUILDDIR)/applehelp." - @echo "N.B. You won't be able to view it unless you put it in" \ - "~/Library/Documentation/Help or install it in your application" \ - "bundle." + @echo "# assistant -collectionFile $(BUILDDIR)/qthelp/PC-BSDUserGuide.qhc" devhelp: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b devhelp $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp @echo @echo "Build finished." @echo "To view the help file:" - @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/SystemsAdministratorUtilityUserGuide" - @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/SystemsAdministratorUtilityUserGuide" + @echo "# mkdir -p $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/PC-BSDUserGuide" + @echo "# ln -s $(BUILDDIR)/devhelp $$HOME/.local/share/devhelp/PC-BSDUserGuide" @echo "# devhelp" epub: @@ -176,11 +205,6 @@ doctest: @echo "Testing of doctests in the sources finished, look at the " \ "results in $(BUILDDIR)/doctest/output.txt." -coverage: - $(SPHINXBUILD) -b coverage $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/coverage - @echo "Testing of coverage in the sources finished, look at the " \ - "results in $(BUILDDIR)/coverage/python.txt." - xml: $(SPHINXBUILD) -b xml $(ALLSPHINXOPTS) $(BUILDDIR)/xml @echo diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/ar/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/bg/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/da/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/de/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/es/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/fr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/id/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/it/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/tr/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/uk/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/basics.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ba570c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/basics.po @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../basics.rst:13 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Beginning with SysAdm™ is a relatively simple process. SysAdm™ files are " +"currently available from the `github repository " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:22 +msgid "Building SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:24 +msgid "Several Qt Modules are required before attempting to build SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Building the prototype version of SysAdm™ assumes you have access to " +"github.com." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:46 +msgid "Starting SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:48 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ can be started one of two ways: the traditional rc(8) mechanism or " +"using the new jobd(8) mechanism" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:51 +msgid "To run under rc(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:63 +msgid "To run under jobd(8)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Several ports on the system firewall will need to be opened for SysAdm™ to " +"have remote access functionality:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:76 +msgid "Port 12149 for WebSocket interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:77 +msgid "Port 12150 for the REST interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:78 +msgid "Port 12151 for the SysAdm™ bridge server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:80 +msgid "The user can also designate their own ports for SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:85 +msgid "Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Configuring and connecting to a bridge can be a complicated process. " +"Thankfully, there are several steps that are done the first time a server " +"and bridge are configured with SysAdm™ but do not need to be repeated later." +" Once these steps are complete, it becomes a much simpler process for a new " +"user to configure their client to communicate with the now configured server" +" and bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:94 +msgid "" +"A list of current commands is available by typing :command:`-h` after the " +"utility name (Example: :command:`sysadm-bridge -h`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:100 +msgid "Server and Bridge Initialization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To initialize the server and bridge, begin with the server. Run " +":command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_export_key [optional absolute file " +"path]`. This will export the public SSL key the server uses to authenticate " +"with the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:107 +msgid "" +"For both server and client, give SSL key files an easy to remember name and " +"location to simplify the process of finding those files for import to the " +"bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, we must transition to the bridge to import the server key. Login to the" +" bridge as the administrator (or root), then type :command:`sysadm-bridge " +"import_ssl_file `, replacing and " +"with the server key filename and location. Once the server key file is " +"successfully imported, start the bridge (if not already running)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The bridge can import SSL files regardless of its active state with no " +"negative effects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Back on the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary bridge_add " +"` to point the server at the bridge. A bridge runs on **port 12149** by" +" default, so the URL will likely need **:12149** added on the end of the " +"address (Example URL: 127.0.0.1:12149). If necessary, (re)start the server. " +"The log (:file:`/var/log/sysadm-server-ws.log`) will display messages about " +"connecting to the bridge. If properly configured, the server and bridge will" +" now be communicating with each other. At this point, clients can be added " +"to the mix which will communicate with the server through the bridge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:134 +msgid "Adding a Client to the Server/Bridge Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If you have an old SSL bundle from a pre-alpha version of SysAdm™ created " +"before June 2016, it will need to be removed prior to proceeding with the " +"client initialization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the client UI, create or import an SSL key bundle as prompted by the UI. " +"Once the new SSL keys are created, open :menuselection:`Setup SSL --> View " +"Certificates` in the connection manager and click :guilabel:`Export Public " +"Key` for both the server and bridge keys. This will export both SSL keys in " +"file form, depositing them in either the :file:`Desktop` folder or home " +"directory (depending on operating system). If necessary, send these key " +"files as an email attachment to the system administrator as part of a " +"request for server/bridge access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Moving to the bridge, as the administrator (or root), run :command:`sysadm-" +"bridge import_ssl_file ` for the requesting client's " +"bridge key file. Now the client and bridge should be able to communicate, " +"but the client/server connection still needs to be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:156 +msgid "" +"On the server, run :command:`sudo sysadm-binary import_ssl_key " +" []` to import the client -> server SSL key file. This " +"grants an individual with the specific SSL authorization the same " +"permissions as ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../basics.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Back in the user client, open the connection manager and choose " +":guilabel:`Bridge Relay` as the connection option. Input the established " +"bridge's URL and click :guilabel:`Connect`. The bridge will now show up in " +"the menu tree with a different icon, and will have a sub-menu of connections" +" within it. Click on the bridged system to will open the standard UI, but " +"note the connection is still being relayed through the bridge." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5565241 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../index.rst:16 +msgid "Welcome to the SysAdm Server Handbook!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:18 +msgid "Contents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:28 +msgid "Indices and tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`genindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`modindex`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../index.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`search`" +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3d5450c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/introduction.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:13 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:15 +msgid "**Preface**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:17 +msgid "Written by users of the SysAdm™ management utility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:19 +msgid "Version |version|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:21 +msgid "Copyright © 2016 iXSystems®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Welcome to SysAdm™! This documentation is intended to educate the user on " +"initializing and configuring the SysAdm™ remote management options. " +"Initialization and management will be documented in two separate chapters, " +":ref:`gettingstarted`, and :ref:`management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:28 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is still under heavy development, and all information contained in " +"the documentation is subject to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:31 +msgid "**What is SysAdm™?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:33 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ is a middleware utility designed to streamline system management " +"with options for both local and remote access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, SysAdm™ does **not** allow for remote access. The user must " +"configure the system to allow this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:39 +msgid "" +"One unique element to SysAdm™ is how the middleware is designed to modify " +"the system directly. SysAdm™ has no middleware database, which means all " +"changes made with SysAdm™ modify the system configuration files directly, " +"resulting in a system administrator no longer needing to log into a system " +"via SSH or relearn system management. SysAdm™ \"speaks\" the same language, " +"allowing for simple and effective system administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"For remote access, SysAdm™ is being designed to route encrypted traffic " +"through a \"bridge\", a static announcement server which facilitates " +"communication between the user's controlling device and the remote access " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In order to address security concerns, the bridge device is always " +"considered \"untrusted\" and several layers of encryption are added to all " +"traffic flowing through the bridge to ensure it can not be used to record or" +" alter critical information flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:57 +msgid "**Would you like to know more?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Documentation for the SysAdm™ project is split amongst three handbooks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**API Reference Guide**: A library of all API calls and WebSocket requests " +"for SysAdm™. This reference is constantly updated as new API calls are " +"written. It can be found at https://api.sysadm.us/." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**Client Handbook**: A detailed guide to all client side functions of " +"SysAdm™." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../introduction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Server Handbook**: A basic guide to initializing SysAdm™ with a bridge and" +" server connection." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo new file mode 100644 index 0000000..830b780 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/manage.mo differ diff --git a/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27c9d50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/server_handbook/po/zh_HK/LC_MESSAGES/manage.po @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: SysAdm™ Server Handbook 1.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-16 13:41-0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#: ../../manage.rst:13 +msgid "Managing SysAdm™" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"SysAdm™ comes with a standard configuration file located in " +":file:`/usr/local/etc/sysadm.conf.dist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"It is possible to edit this file for a custom configuration, but the result " +"will need to be saved as :file:`sysadm.conf`. Here are the current default " +"settings for SysAdm™:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:32 +msgid "This default configuration also has blacklist options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Please note these default options are subject to change as the SysAdm™ " +"utility is developed." +msgstr ""